Updated ffmpeg-win64 development files to ffmpeg-4.2.2-win64-dev.zip content

This commit is contained in:
Robert Beckebans 2020-03-27 18:57:04 +01:00
parent 163a31f96c
commit de1cecabc2
116 changed files with 9029 additions and 2636 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.

View file

@ -1,111 +1,107 @@
This is a FFmpeg win64 shared build by Kyle Schwarz.
Zeranoe FFmpeg Builds <http://ffmpeg.zeranoe.com/builds/>
Zeranoe's FFmpeg Builds Home Page: <http://ffmpeg.zeranoe.com/builds/>
Build: ffmpeg-4.2.2-win64-shared
FFmpeg version: 20151105-git-c878082
libavutil 54. 30.100 / 54. 30.100
libavcodec 56. 57.100 / 56. 57.100
libavformat 56. 40.101 / 56. 40.101
libavdevice 56. 4.100 / 56. 4.100
libavfilter 5. 32.100 / 5. 32.100
libswscale 3. 1.101 / 3. 1.101
libswresample 1. 2.101 / 1. 2.101
libpostproc 53. 3.100 / 53. 3.100
This FFmpeg build was configured with:
--disable-static
--enable-shared
Configuration:
--enable-gpl
--enable-version3
--disable-w32threads
--enable-avisynth
--enable-bzlib
--enable-sdl2
--enable-fontconfig
--enable-frei0r
--enable-gnutls
--enable-iconv
--enable-libass
--enable-libdav1d
--enable-libbluray
--enable-libbs2b
--enable-libcaca
--enable-libdcadec
--enable-libfreetype
--enable-libgme
--enable-libgsm
--enable-libilbc
--enable-libmodplug
--enable-libmp3lame
--enable-libopencore-amrnb
--enable-libopencore-amrwb
--enable-libopenjpeg
--enable-libopus
--enable-librtmp
--enable-libschroedinger
--enable-libshine
--enable-libsnappy
--enable-libsoxr
--enable-libspeex
--enable-libtheora
--enable-libtwolame
--enable-libvidstab
--enable-libvo-aacenc
--enable-libvo-amrwbenc
--enable-libvorbis
--enable-libvpx
--enable-libwavpack
--enable-libwebp
--enable-libx264
--enable-libx265
--enable-libxavs
--enable-libxvid
--enable-libxml2
--enable-libzimg
--enable-lzma
--enable-decklink
--enable-zlib
--enable-gmp
--enable-libvidstab
--enable-libvorbis
--enable-libvo-amrwbenc
--enable-libmysofa
--enable-libspeex
--enable-libxvid
--enable-libaom
--enable-libmfx
--enable-amf
--enable-ffnvcodec
--enable-cuvid
--enable-d3d11va
--enable-nvenc
--enable-nvdec
--enable-dxva2
--enable-avisynth
--enable-libopenmpt
This build was compiled with the following external libraries:
bzip2 1.0.6 <http://bzip.org/>
Fontconfig 2.11.94 <http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/fontconfig>
Frei0r 20130909-git-10d8360 <http://frei0r.dyne.org/>
GnuTLS 3.3.16 <http://gnutls.org/>
libiconv 1.14 <http://gnu.org/software/libiconv/>
libass 0.13.0 <https://github.com/libass/libass>
libbluray 0.9.0 <http://videolan.org/developers/libbluray.html>
libbs2b 3.1.0 <http://bs2b.sourceforge.net/>
libcaca 0.99.beta18 <http://caca.zoy.org/wiki/libcaca>
dcadec 20150506-git-98fb3b6 <https://github.com/foo86/dcadec>
FreeType 2.6.1 <http://freetype.sourceforge.net/>
Game Music Emu 0.6.0 <https://bitbucket.org/mpyne/game-music-emu/wiki/Home>
GSM 1.0.13-4 <http://packages.debian.org/source/squeeze/libgsm>
iLBC 20141214-git-ef04ebe <https://github.com/dekkers/libilbc/>
Modplug-XMMS 0.8.8.5 <http://modplug-xmms.sourceforge.net/>
LAME 3.99.5 <http://lame.sourceforge.net/>
OpenCORE AMR 0.1.3 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr/>
OpenJPEG 1.5.2 <https://github.com/uclouvain/openjpeg>
Opus 1.1 <http://opus-codec.org/>
RTMPDump 20140707-git-a1900c3 <http://rtmpdump.mplayerhq.hu/>
Schroedinger 1.0.11 <http://diracvideo.org/>
libsoxr 0.1.2 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/soxr/>
Speex 1.2rc2 <http://speex.org/>
Theora 1.1.1 <http://theora.org/>
TwoLAME 0.3.13 <http://twolame.org/>
vid.stab 0.98 <http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab/>
VisualOn AAC 0.1.3 <https://github.com/mstorsjo/vo-aacenc>
VisualOn AMR-WB 0.1.2 <https://github.com/mstorsjo/vo-amrwbenc>
Vorbis 1.3.5 <http://vorbis.com/>
vpx 1.4.0 <http://webmproject.org/>
WavPack 4.75.0 <http://wavpack.com/>
WebP 0.4.3 <https://developers.google.com/speed/webp/>
x264 20151011-git-7599210 <http://videolan.org/developers/x264.html>
x265 1.8 <http://x265.org/>
XAVS svn-r55 <http://xavs.sourceforge.net/>
Xvid 1.3.4 <http://xvid.org/>
XZ Utils 5.2.2 <http://tukaani.org/xz>
zlib 1.2.8 <http://zlib.net/>
Libraries:
SDL 20200120-cb4dae5 <https://libsdl.org>
Fontconfig 2.13.92 <http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/fontconfig>
GnuTLS 3.6.11.1 <https://gnutls.org/>
libiconv 1.16 <http://gnu.org/software/libiconv>
libass 0.14.0 <https://github.com/libass/libass>
dav1d 20200115-010eae8 <https://code.videolan.org/videolan/dav1d>
libbluray 20191112-137974c <https://www.videolan.org/developers/libbluray.html>
FreeType 2.10.1 <http://freetype.sourceforge.net>
LAME 3.100 <http://lame.sourceforge.net>
OpenCORE AMR 20170731-07a5be4 <https://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr>
OpenJPEG 20200113-b63a433 <https://github.com/uclouvain/openjpeg>
Opus 20200119-6d29f51 <https://opus-codec.org>
shine 20190420-76ea4f0 <https://github.com/savonet/shine>
Snappy 1.1.7 <https://github.com/google/snappy>
libsoxr 20180224-945b592 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/soxr>
Theora 20171023-e5d205b <http://theora.org>
TwoLAME 0.4.0 <http://twolame.org>
vpx 20200118-b78d3b2 <http://webmproject.org>
WavPack 5.2.0 <http://wavpack.com>
WebP 20200106-0fa56f3 <https://developers.google.com/speed/webp>
x264 20191127-1771b55 <https://www.videolan.org/developers/x264.html>
x265 20200120-acc5d16 <https://bitbucket.org/multicoreware/x265/wiki/Home>
libxml2 2.9.10 <http://xmlsoft.org>
z.lib 20191204-9ae36d7 <https://github.com/sekrit-twc/zimg>
XZ Utils 5.2.4 <http://tukaani.org/xz>
zlib 1.2.11 <http://zlib.net>
GMP 6.1.2 <https://gmplib.org>
vid.stab 20190213-aeabc8d <http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab>
Vorbis 20190128-9eadecc <http://vorbis.com>
VisualOn AMR-WB 20141107-3b3fcd0 <https://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr>
libmysofa 20190907-e07edb3 <https://github.com/hoene/libmysofa>
Speex 20190808-58ac1d4 <http://speex.org>
Xvid 1.3.5 <https://labs.xvid.com>
aom 20200120-412efe2 <https://aomedia.googlesource.com/aom>
libmfx 1.28 <https://software.intel.com/en-us/media-sdk>
AMF 20191216-acbd877 <https://gpuopen.com/gaming-product/advanced-media-framework>
nv-codec-headers 20191126-250292d <https://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg/nv-codec-headers.git>
OpenMPT 20191010-51cb021 <https://openmpt.org>
The source code for this FFmpeg build can be found at: <http://ffmpeg.zeranoe.com/builds/source/>
Copyright (C) 2020 Kyle Schwarz
This build was compiled on Debian 8.2 (64-bit): <http://www.debian.org/>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
GCC 5.2.0 was used to compile this FFmpeg build: <http://gcc.gnu.org/>
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
This build was compiled using the MinGW-w64 toolchain: <http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net/>
Licenses for each library can be found in the 'licenses' folder.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* AC-3 parser prototypes
* Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
*/
int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
/**
* Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
* @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer
* @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
* @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written
* @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
*/
int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
uint8_t *frames);
#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
* Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
* Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
/**
* @file
* Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
* @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
* @author David Conrad
* @author Jordi Ortiz
*/
#include "avcodec.h"
/**
* The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
* level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
* 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
* Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
* the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
*
* We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
*/
#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
/**
* Parse code values:
*
* Dirac Specification ->
* 9.6.1 Table 9.1
*
* VC-2 Specification ->
* 10.4.1 Table 10.1
*/
enum DiracParseCodes {
DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
};
typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
int major;
int minor;
} DiracVersionInfo;
typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
unsigned width;
unsigned height;
uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
uint8_t interlaced;
uint8_t top_field_first;
uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
uint16_t clean_width;
uint16_t clean_height;
uint16_t clean_left_offset;
uint16_t clean_right_offset;
uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
int profile;
int level;
AVRational framerate;
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
DiracVersionInfo version;
int bit_depth;
} AVDiracSeqHeader;
/**
* Parse a Dirac sequence header.
*
* @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
* and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
* av_free().
* @param buf the data buffer
* @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
* @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */

View file

@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H
#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
/**
* @file
@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ struct dxva_context {
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/*
* JNI public API functions
*
* Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
/*
* Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
* environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
* you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
* however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
*
* @param vm Java virtual machine
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
/*
* Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
*
* @param vm Java virtual machine
* @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
*/
void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/*
* Android MediaCodec public API
*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
/**
* This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
* be used as output by the decoder.
*
*/
typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
/**
* android/view/Surface object reference.
*/
void *surface;
} AVMediaCodecContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
*
* When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
* MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
*
* @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
*/
AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
/**
* Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
*
* @param avctx codec context
* @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
* @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
/**
* This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
* av_mediacodec_default_init().
*
* @param avctx codec context
*/
void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
*/
typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
/**
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
* with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
* buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
* subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
*
* @param buffer the buffer to render
* @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
* discard the buffer
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
/**
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
* that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
* of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using
* CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
* of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details.
*
* @param buffer the buffer to render
* @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);
#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */

View file

@ -34,6 +34,8 @@
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
@ -48,8 +50,10 @@
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*
* Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
*/
struct vaapi_context {
struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
/**
* Window system dependent data
*
@ -73,117 +77,10 @@ struct vaapi_context {
* - decoding: Set by user
*/
uint32_t context_id;
#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
/**
* VAPictureParameterBuffer ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t pic_param_buf_id;
/**
* VAIQMatrixBuffer ID
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id;
/**
* VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding)
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t bitplane_buf_id;
/**
* Slice parameter/data buffer IDs
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t *slice_buf_ids;
/**
* Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids;
/**
* Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc;
/**
* Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
void *slice_params;
/**
* Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_param_size;
/**
* Size of pre-allocated slice_params
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_params_alloc;
/**
* Number of slices currently filled in
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
unsigned int slice_count;
/**
* Pointer to slice data buffer base
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
const uint8_t *slice_data;
/**
* Current size of slice data
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint32_t slice_data_size;
#endif
};
/* @} */
#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */

View file

@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
/*
* VDA HW acceleration
*
* copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda
* Public libavcodec VDA header.
*/
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
#include <stdint.h>
// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
#undef Picture
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h
enum {
kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0,
kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1
};
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
/**
* This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
* to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
*
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
*/
struct vda_context {
/**
* VDA decoder object.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
*/
VDADecoder decoder;
/**
* The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data.
*
* encoding: unused
* decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user.
*/
CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer;
/**
* Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode.
*
* encoding: unused
* decoding: Set by user.
*/
int use_sync_decoding;
/**
* The frame width.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int width;
/**
* The frame height.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int height;
/**
* The frame format.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
int format;
/**
* The pixel format for output image buffers.
*
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
/**
* unused
*/
uint8_t *priv_bitstream;
/**
* unused
*/
int priv_bitstream_size;
/**
* unused
*/
int priv_allocated_size;
/**
* Use av_buffer to manage buffer.
* When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will
* be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary.
* Not setting this flag may cause memory leak.
*
* encoding: unused
* decoding: Set by user.
*/
int use_ref_buffer;
};
/** Create the video decoder. */
int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
uint8_t *extradata,
int extradata_size);
/** Destroy the video decoder. */
int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
/**
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding.
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
* av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
*/
typedef struct AVVDAContext {
/**
* VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller.
*/
VDADecoder decoder;
/**
* The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate.
* Set by av_vda_alloc_context().
*/
VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback;
/**
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by
* the caller.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
} AVVDAContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a VDA context.
*
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder
* object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used
* for VDA-accelerated decoding.
*
* When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
* object and free the VDA context using av_free().
*
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
*/
AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
* @param vdactx the VDA context to use
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx);
/**
* This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with
* av_vda_default_init().
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*/
void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */

View file

@ -50,22 +50,13 @@
*/
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h>
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
#include "version.h"
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo {
VdpPictureInfoH264 h264;
VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg;
VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1;
VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
};
#endif
struct AVCodecContext;
struct AVFrame;
@ -102,40 +93,6 @@ typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
*/
VdpDecoderRender *render;
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
/**
* VDPAU picture information
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
/**
* Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table.
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
/**
* Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table.
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int bitstream_buffers_used;
/**
* Table of bitstream buffers.
* The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep().
*
* Set by libavcodec.
*/
attribute_deprecated
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
#endif
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
} AVVDPAUContext;
@ -214,40 +171,6 @@ attribute_deprecated
int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
#endif
#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
/**
* @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
* The codec manipulates this.
*/
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
/**
* @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
* decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
* This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
* picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
* between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients.
*/
struct vdpau_render_state {
VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed.
int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
/** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
int bitstream_buffers_used;
/** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
};
#endif
/* @}*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */

View file

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@ -28,8 +27,8 @@
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 14
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 54
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
@ -52,133 +51,18 @@
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER
#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE
#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE
#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS
#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC
#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4
#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED
#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA
#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE
#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE
#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE
#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES
#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES
#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE
#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4
#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC
#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS
#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX
#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED
#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP
#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GMC
#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MV0
#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME
#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AFD
#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VISMV
/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */
#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY
#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT
#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG
#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS
#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY
#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST
#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX
#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
@ -194,5 +78,63 @@
#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR
#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES
#define FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

View file

@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
/**
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
* set by the caller.
* set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
* requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
*/
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;

View file

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@ -24,8 +23,8 @@
* Determines the duration for each packet.
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
#include <stdint.h>
@ -33,9 +32,6 @@ typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
*
* @param avctx codec context
* @param s Vorbis parser context
*/
AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
int extradata_size);
@ -75,4 +71,4 @@ int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H */
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */

View file

@ -28,19 +28,21 @@
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library
* @{
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
*
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
* meaning - e.g. for x11grab it is the display name.
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
*
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
* @}
*
* @{
*/
#include "libavutil/log.h"
@ -65,7 +67,6 @@ const char *avdevice_license(void);
/**
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
* @warning This function is not thread safe.
*/
void avdevice_register_all(void);
@ -506,4 +507,8 @@ int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */

View file

@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 0
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 8
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \

View file

@ -29,7 +29,9 @@
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavfi Libavfilter - graph-based frame editing library
* @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
* Graph-based frame editing library.
*
* @{
*/
@ -37,6 +39,7 @@
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
@ -191,6 +194,21 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
*****************************************************************
*/
/**
* Filter pre-initialization function
*
* This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
* allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
*
* If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
* allocation failure.
*
* @return 0 on success,
* AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
* dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
*/
int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
/**
* Filter initialization function.
*
@ -265,6 +283,8 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
/**
* Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other
* code.
@ -291,6 +311,20 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
* used for providing binary data.
*/
int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque);
/**
* Filter activation function.
*
* Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
* filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
*
* The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
* step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
* nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
* possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
* activation.
*/
int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
} AVFilter;
/**
@ -349,6 +383,45 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
/**
* For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
* filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
* in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
* instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
* hardware context information.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
/**
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
*/
int nb_threads;
/**
* Ready status of the filter.
* A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
* a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
*/
unsigned ready;
/**
* Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
* allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
* the caller.
*
* Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
* output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
* filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
* of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
* that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
*
* This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
* configured.
*/
int extra_hw_frames;
};
/**
@ -357,6 +430,11 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
* the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
* which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
* image dimensions, format, etc.
*
* Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
* Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
* In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
* implementation.
*/
struct AVFilterLink {
AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
@ -435,21 +513,28 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
/**
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
* frame(s), in link time_base units.
*/
int64_t current_pts;
/**
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
*/
int64_t current_pts_us;
/**
* Index in the age array.
*/
int age_index;
/**
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown;
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically be copied from the first input
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
* of the source filter if it exists.
*
* Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
* If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
* Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
* Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
* It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
@ -482,18 +567,6 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
*/
int max_samples;
/**
* True if the link is closed.
* If set, all attempts of start_frame, filter_frame or request_frame
* will fail with AVERROR_EOF, and if necessary the reference will be
* destroyed.
* If request_frame returns AVERROR_EOF, this flag is set on the
* corresponding link.
* It can be set also be set by either the source or the destination
* filter.
*/
int closed;
/**
* Number of channels.
*/
@ -507,7 +580,70 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
/**
* Number of past frames sent through the link.
*/
int64_t frame_count;
int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
/**
* A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
*/
void *frame_pool;
/**
* True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
* Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
* cleared when a frame is filtered.
*/
int frame_wanted_out;
/**
* For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
/**
* Internal structure members.
* The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
* and must in no way be accessed by applications.
*/
char reserved[0xF000];
#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
/**
* Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
*/
FFFrameQueue fifo;
/**
* If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
* The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
* the same link.
*/
int frame_blocked_in;
/**
* Link input status.
* If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
* corresponding code.
*/
int status_in;
/**
* Timestamp of the input status change.
*/
int64_t status_in_pts;
/**
* Link output status.
* If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
* corresponding code.
*/
int status_out;
#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
};
/**
@ -527,14 +663,21 @@ int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
*/
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
/**
* Get the number of channels of a link.
* @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link);
#endif
/**
* Set the closed field of a link.
* @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should
* close the sinks.
*/
attribute_deprecated
void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed);
/**
@ -554,14 +697,21 @@ int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
*/
int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
void avfilter_register_all(void);
/**
* Iterate over all registered filters.
*
* @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
*
* @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
* finished
*/
const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */
#if FF_API_NEXT
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
attribute_deprecated
void avfilter_uninit(void);
#endif
void avfilter_register_all(void);
/**
* Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use
@ -573,8 +723,18 @@ void avfilter_uninit(void);
* @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value
* otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
/**
* Iterate over all registered filters.
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
*/
attribute_deprecated
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
#endif
/**
* Get a filter definition matching the given name.
*
@ -582,60 +742,8 @@ int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
* @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
* NULL if none found.
*/
#if !FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME
const
#endif
AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
/**
* Iterate over all registered filters.
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
*/
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
/**
* If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer,
* if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter.
* If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter
* was already reached.
* @deprecated use avfilter_next()
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter);
#endif
#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
/**
* Create a filter instance.
*
* @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context
* on success, NULL on failure
* @param filter the filter to create an instance of
* @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
* @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name);
#endif
#if FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER
/**
* Initialize a filter.
*
* @param filter the filter to initialize
* @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter.
* The format and meaning of this string varies by filter.
* @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning
* of this parameter varies by filter.
* @return zero on success
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque);
#endif
/**
* Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
@ -735,7 +843,9 @@ typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
unsigned nb_filters;
char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
#endif
/**
* Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
@ -834,20 +944,6 @@ AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
*/
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
/**
* Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph.
*
* @param graphctx the filter graph
* @param filter the filter to be added
*
* @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() to allocate a filter in a
* filter graph
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter);
#endif
/**
* Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
* The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited

View file

@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flag
/**
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
*/
typedef struct {
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
} AVBufferSinkParams;
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
/**
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
*/
typedef struct {
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
@ -101,9 +101,27 @@ AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
/**
* Get the frame rate of the input.
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
* Get the properties of the stream
* @{
*/
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(AVFilterContext *ctx);
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
/** @} */
/**
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
@ -133,7 +151,7 @@ int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
*
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
* av_buffersink_get_frame().
*
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
* the other with a single sink, not both.

View file

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@ -26,7 +25,6 @@
* Memory buffer source API.
*/
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
#include "avfilter.h"
/**
@ -65,6 +63,80 @@ enum {
*/
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
/**
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
* passed to this filter.
*
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
/**
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
*/
int format;
/**
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
*/
AVRational time_base;
/**
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
*/
int width, height;
/**
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
* unknown.
*/
AVRational frame_rate;
/**
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second.
*/
int sample_rate;
/**
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
*/
uint64_t channel_layout;
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
/**
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
* caller with av_free().
*/
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
*
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
* copies or references when necessary.
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
/**
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
*
@ -121,6 +193,14 @@ av_warn_unused_result
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
*
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
* of the last frame.
*/
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
/**
* @}

View file

@ -29,9 +29,10 @@
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 6
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 14
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 101
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 57
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
@ -49,23 +50,17 @@
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
#define FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER
#define FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME
#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
#endif
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -34,7 +34,15 @@
#include "libavformat/version.h"
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */
/**
* Seeking works like for a local file.
*/
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
/**
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
*/
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
/**
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
@ -96,6 +104,48 @@ typedef struct AVIODirContext {
struct URLContext *url_context;
} AVIODirContext;
/**
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
* write_data_type callback.
*/
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
/**
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
/**
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
* should give decodeable results.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
/**
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
* non-keyframe packet start point.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
/**
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
/**
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
* finalizing the output file.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
/**
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
* means the end of a packet.
*/
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
};
/**
* Bytestream IO Context.
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
@ -122,6 +172,57 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/*
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
*
**********************************************************************************
* READING
**********************************************************************************
*
* | buffer_size |
* |---------------------------------------|
* | |
*
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
* +---------------+-----------------------+
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
* +---------------+-----------------------+
*
* pos
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
* input file: | | |
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
*
*
**********************************************************************************
* WRITING
**********************************************************************************
*
* | buffer_size |
* |--------------------------------------|
* | |
*
* buf_ptr_max
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
* +-----------------------+--------------+
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
* +-----------------------+--------------+
* buf_ptr can be in this
* due to a backward seek
*
* pos
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
* output file: | | |
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
*
*/
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
@ -135,8 +236,7 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
int max_packet_size;
unsigned long checksum;
@ -202,9 +302,54 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
*/
int short_seek_threshold;
} AVIOContext;
/* unbuffered I/O */
/**
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
*/
const char *protocol_whitelist;
/**
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
*/
const char *protocol_blacklist;
/**
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
*/
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
/**
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
*/
int ignore_boundary_point;
/**
* Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
*/
enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
int64_t last_time;
/**
* A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
*/
int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
int64_t written;
/**
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
*/
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
/**
* Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
*/
int min_packet_size;
} AVIOContext;
/**
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
@ -293,7 +438,7 @@ void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
/**
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
* freed with av_free().
* freed with avio_context_free().
*
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
@ -306,6 +451,8 @@ void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
* For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
* a proper AVERROR code.
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
@ -321,6 +468,14 @@ AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
/**
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
*
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
* into s.
*/
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
@ -357,14 +512,26 @@ int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
/**
* Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
*
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
*
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
* applicable
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
*/
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
/**
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
*/
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
/**
* Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
* means that can be extremely slow.
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
@ -399,19 +566,12 @@ static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
/**
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
* Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors.
* @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading.
*/
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
#if FF_API_URL_FEOF
/**
* @deprecated use avio_feof()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int url_feof(AVIOContext *s);
#endif
/** @warning currently size is limited */
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
/**
@ -432,6 +592,15 @@ void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
*/
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
/**
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
*/
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
/**
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
* @{
@ -582,6 +751,18 @@ int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
*/
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
/**
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
* No padding is added to the buffer.
*
* @param s IO context
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
* @return the length of the byte buffer
*/
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
/**
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
* must be freed with av_free().

View file

@ -29,8 +29,10 @@
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 14
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 29
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
@ -53,21 +55,58 @@
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*
*/
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT
#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC
#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB
#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF
#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE
#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME
#define FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_AVIOFORMAT
#define FF_API_AVIOFORMAT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1

View file

@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_adler32
* Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
@ -25,11 +31,10 @@
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @file
* Public header for libavutil Adler32 hasher
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* Adler-32 hash function implementation.
*
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler32
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/

View file

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/*
* AES-CTR cipher
* Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
struct AVAESCTR;
/**
* Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
*/
struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
*/
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
/**
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
*/
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param size the size of src and dst
*/
void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
/**
* Get the current iv
*/
const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Generate a random iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
*/
void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
/**
* Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
*/
void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */

View file

@ -66,19 +66,19 @@
# define av_noinline
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
#else
# define av_pure
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6)
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
#else
# define av_const
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
#else
# define av_cold
@ -121,8 +121,7 @@
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
#else
# define av_unused
@ -133,25 +132,25 @@
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
#else
# define av_used
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
#else
# define av_alias
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__)
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
#else
# define av_uninit(x) x
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
#else
@ -159,7 +158,7 @@
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
#endif
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
#else
# define av_noreturn

View file

@ -110,6 +110,23 @@ int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
*
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
*
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
* @param data audio data plane pointers
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
/**
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
*

View file

@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
/**
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss.
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
@ -59,8 +59,17 @@
*/
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
#else
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
#endif
/**
* Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
*
* This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
*/
void av_assert0_fpu(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */

View file

@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
/* Generated by ffconf */
/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI 0
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

View file

@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
/**
* Convert a number to a av_malloced string.
* Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
*/
char *av_d2str(double d);
@ -266,6 +266,11 @@ int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
*/
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
/**
* Locale-independent strings replace.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
*/
char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
/**
* Thread safe basename.
@ -284,6 +289,11 @@ const char *av_dirname(char *path);
/**
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
* List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
* the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
* matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
* match all names.
*
* @param name Name to look for.
* @param names List of names.
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
@ -390,6 +400,12 @@ int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
*/
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
/**
* See libc sscanf manual for more information.
* Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
*/
int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
/**
* @}
*/

View file

@ -23,7 +23,8 @@
/**
* @file
* external API header
* @ingroup lavu
* Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
*/
/**
@ -78,14 +79,15 @@
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu Common utility functions
* @defgroup lavu libavutil
* Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
*
* @brief
* libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg
* libraries
*
* @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include
* the specific header.
* @note
* libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
* functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
* the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
* media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
* brings in most of the "core" components.
*
* @{
*
@ -94,7 +96,7 @@
* @{
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_math Maths
* @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
* @{
*
* @}
@ -116,6 +118,12 @@
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_video Video related
*
* @{
*
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
*
* @{
@ -266,7 +274,7 @@ enum AVPictureType {
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
@ -335,6 +343,20 @@ FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
*/
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
/**
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
* code) representation.
*
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
* @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
* @return the buffer in input
*/
char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
/**
* @}
* @}

View file

@ -29,19 +29,24 @@
* @{
*/
/**
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
*
* @param out buffer for decoded data
* @param in null-terminated input string
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
* least 3/4 of the length of in
* least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
* invalid input
*/
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
/**
* Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
* with length x to a data buffer.
*/
#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
/**
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
*

View file

@ -248,6 +248,24 @@ typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
/**
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
*
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
* @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
* pool is empty.
* @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
* is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
* by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
* and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
* data.
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
*/
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
/**
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
@ -255,7 +273,6 @@ AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
* in use.
*
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
* @see av_buffer_pool_can_uninit()
*/
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);

View file

@ -131,21 +131,30 @@ enum AVMatrixEncoding {
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
*
* @warning Starting from the next major bump the trailing character
* 'c' to specify a number of channels will be required, while a
* channel layout mask could also be specified as a decimal number
* (if and only if not followed by "c").
*
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*/
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
/**
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
*
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
* unknown channel layout specifications.
*
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
*/
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.

View file

@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
@ -53,9 +54,12 @@
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
/* assume b>0 */
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
/* assume a>0 and b>0 */
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
/* Backwards compat. */
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
@ -94,7 +98,6 @@
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
/* misc math functions */
@ -155,7 +158,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, in
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
else return a;
}
@ -177,7 +180,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
{
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
else return a;
}
@ -211,7 +214,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if ((a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
@ -225,7 +228,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
else return a;
}
@ -257,13 +260,37 @@ static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and added to a
* @return sum with signed saturation
* @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
* @param a one value
* @param b another value
* @return difference with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
}
/**
* Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
*
* @param a first value
* @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
* @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
*/
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
{
return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
}
/**
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
* @param a value to clip
@ -331,6 +358,11 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
}
static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
{
return av_popcount(v) & 1;
}
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
@ -351,13 +383,13 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
* to prevent undefined results.
*/
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
val= GET_BYTE;\
val= (GET_BYTE);\
{\
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
ERROR\
while (val & top) {\
int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\
int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
if(tmp>>6)\
ERROR\
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
@ -505,6 +537,12 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_sub32
# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
#endif
#ifndef av_clipf
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
#endif
@ -517,3 +555,6 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
#ifndef av_popcount64
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
#endif
#ifndef av_parity
# define av_parity av_parity_c
#endif

View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
@ -39,6 +41,7 @@
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
@ -52,6 +55,7 @@
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
@ -64,12 +68,13 @@
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
*/
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
@ -84,8 +89,6 @@ void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
* Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
* This function is mainly useful for testing.
* Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
*
* @warning this function is not thread safe.
*/
attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
@ -113,4 +116,15 @@ int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
*/
int av_cpu_count(void);
/**
* Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
*
* Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
* so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
* --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
* av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
* present.
*/
size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

View file

@ -18,16 +18,29 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_crc32
* Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC32
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
*
* This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
* widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
* polynomials.
*
* @{
*/
@ -40,7 +53,8 @@ typedef enum {
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12,
AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
AV_CRC_8_EBU,
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
}AVCRCId;

View file

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@ -65,7 +64,6 @@
}
av_dict_free(&d);
@endcode
*
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
@ -78,6 +76,7 @@
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
char *key;
@ -118,10 +117,13 @@ int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
* these arguments will be freed on error.
*
* Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
* previously returned with av_dict_get.
*
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/

View file

@ -18,21 +18,38 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Display matrix
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "common.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_display
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
*
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* | a b u |
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
* | x y w |
* @endcode
*
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
@ -40,15 +57,21 @@
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
* follows:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* | a b u |
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
* | x y w |
* @endcode
*
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
* follows:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
* z = u * p + v * q + w
* @endcode
*/
/**
@ -83,4 +106,9 @@ void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
*/
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/**
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
/** The number of bytes that are clear. */
unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
/**
* The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
* the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
* encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
*/
unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
/**
* This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
* info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
*
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
/** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
uint32_t scheme;
/**
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
* that are encrypted.
*/
uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
/**
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
* that are clear.
*/
uint32_t skip_byte_block;
/**
* The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
* 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
*/
uint8_t *key_id;
uint32_t key_id_size;
/**
* The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
* correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
* changed in the future.
*/
uint8_t *iv;
uint32_t iv_size;
/**
* An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
* are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
* encrypted.
*/
AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
uint32_t subsample_count;
} AVEncryptionInfo;
/**
* This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
*
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
/**
* A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
* is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
* future.
*/
uint8_t* system_id;
uint32_t system_id_size;
/**
* An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
* same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
*/
uint8_t** key_ids;
/** The number of key IDs. */
uint32_t num_key_ids;
/**
* The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
* change in the future.
*/
uint32_t key_id_size;
/**
* Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
* from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
* can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
* will be at least one key ID.
*/
uint8_t* data;
uint32_t data_size;
/**
* An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
*/
struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
* number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
* and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
*
* @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
* @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
* @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
/**
* Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
* side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
*/
void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
/**
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
* data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
* when done.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
* info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
* to av_packet_add_side_data().
*
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
*/
uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
* given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
/**
* Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
* the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
*/
void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
/**
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
* side data. The resulting object should be passed to
* av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
*
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
*/
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
/**
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
* init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
* given to av_packet_add_side_data().
*
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
*/
uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */

View file

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "N-76479-gc878082"
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "4.2.2"
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */

View file

@ -33,6 +33,8 @@
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
* Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
* case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
*
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
* @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
*/
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);

View file

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@ -26,6 +25,7 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "avutil.h"
@ -106,12 +106,79 @@ enum AVFrameSideDataType {
* @endcode
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
/**
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
/**
* Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
* mastering display color volume.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
/**
* The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
* This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
/**
* The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
* libavutil/spherical.h.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
/**
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
* the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
/**
* The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
* format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
* metadata key entry "name".
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
/**
* Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA.
* The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use
* av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a
* meaningful way instead.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES,
/**
* Raw QP table data. Its format is described by
* AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and
* av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA,
#endif
/**
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
* where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
* The timecode format is described in the av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
* function in libavutil/timecode.c.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
/**
* HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
* an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
* volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
/**
* Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of
* array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
};
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
@ -139,6 +206,62 @@ typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
AVBufferRef *buf;
} AVFrameSideData;
/**
* Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
*
* When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
* should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
* capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
* to truncate the list.
*
* When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
* area of the frame applies.
*/
typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
/**
* Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
* sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
*/
uint32_t self_size;
/**
* Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
* bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
* right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
*
* The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
* actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
* reasons.
*/
int top;
int bottom;
int left;
int right;
/**
* Quantisation offset.
*
* Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality
* change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
* while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
*
* The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
* largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
* worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
* should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
* values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
*
* For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
* -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
* this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
* range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
* were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
* of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
* An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
* encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
* the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
*/
AVRational qoffset;
} AVRegionOfInterest;
/**
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
*
@ -164,9 +287,10 @@ typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
*
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
* to the end with a minor bump.
* Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
* av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
* without breaking compatibility with each other.
*
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
*/
typedef struct AVFrame {
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
@ -178,6 +302,9 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
*
* NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
* MUST be set to NULL.
*/
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
@ -215,9 +342,18 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
uint8_t **extended_data;
/**
* width and height of the video frame
* @name Video dimensions
* Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
* i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
*
* @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
* restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
* @{
*/
int width, height;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
@ -251,10 +387,14 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
*/
int64_t pts;
#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
/**
* PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
* @deprecated use the pts field instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t pkt_pts;
#endif
/**
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
@ -312,13 +452,12 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
int palette_has_changed;
/**
* reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
* PTS but can be anything).
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
* that time,
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
* @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
*/
int64_t reordered_opaque;
@ -369,6 +508,7 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
* @ingroup lavu_frame
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
*
* @{
@ -378,6 +518,10 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
/**
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
/**
* @}
*/
@ -389,8 +533,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_color_range() and
* av_frame_set_color_range().
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
@ -402,8 +544,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_colorspace() and
* av_frame_set_colorspace().
* - encoding: Set by user
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
*/
@ -413,8 +553,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
@ -422,8 +560,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
@ -432,8 +568,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
@ -441,8 +575,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* metadata.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
* - encoding: Set by user.
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
*/
@ -452,19 +584,17 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
* were errors during the decoding.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
*/
int decode_error_flags;
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
/**
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
* av_frame_get_channels(frame)
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
@ -472,8 +602,7 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
/**
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
* frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
* av_frame_set_pkt_size().
* frame.
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
@ -483,13 +612,11 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
/**
* QP table
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
*/
attribute_deprecated
int8_t *qscale_table;
/**
* QP store stride
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
*/
attribute_deprecated
int qstride;
@ -497,45 +624,112 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
attribute_deprecated
int qscale_type;
/**
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
#endif
/**
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
/**
* @anchor cropping
* @name Cropping
* Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
* top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
* the frame intended for presentation.
* @{
*/
size_t crop_top;
size_t crop_bottom;
size_t crop_left;
size_t crop_right;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
* Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
* Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
*
* Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
*
* FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
* av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
* for the target frame's private_ref field.
*/
AVBufferRef *private_ref;
} AVFrame;
#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
/**
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
* The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
* they should not be accessed directly outside libavutil.
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
attribute_deprecated
int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
attribute_deprecated
int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
attribute_deprecated
AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
attribute_deprecated
int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
attribute_deprecated
int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame);
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
attribute_deprecated
int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
attribute_deprecated
int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
#endif
attribute_deprecated
enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
attribute_deprecated
enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
attribute_deprecated
void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
#endif
/**
* Get the name of a colorspace.
@ -573,6 +767,10 @@ void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
* copied.
*
* @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
* or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
* function, or undefined behavior will occur.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
*/
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
@ -593,6 +791,10 @@ void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
*
* @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
* or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
* before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
*/
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
@ -608,8 +810,14 @@ void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
*
* @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
* leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
* cases.
*
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
* @param align required buffer size alignment
* @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
* chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
* recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*/
@ -688,6 +896,22 @@ AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
int size);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
*
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
* @param type the type of the added side data
* @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
* the reference is transferred to the frame.
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
* the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
* the caller.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
AVBufferRef *buf);
/**
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
@ -701,6 +925,40 @@ AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
*/
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Flags for frame cropping.
*/
enum {
/**
* Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
* AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
* to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
* (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
* are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
* absolutely know what you are doing.
*/
AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
};
/**
* Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
* crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
* data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
*
* In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
* alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
* formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
* if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
*
* @param frame the frame which should be cropped
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
* were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
*/
int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* @return a string identifying the side data type
*/

View file

@ -18,18 +18,110 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
* Generic hashing API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* Hash functions useful in multimedia.
*
* Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
* concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
* implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
* FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
* An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
*
* If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
* functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
* reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
* If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
* "individual hash" directly.
*
* @section Sample Code
*
* A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
*
* @code
* struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
* const char *hash_name = NULL;
* uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
*
* // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
* hash_name = ...;
*
* // Allocate a hash context
* ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
* if (ret < 0)
* return ret;
*
* // Initialize the hash context
* av_hash_init(ctx);
*
* // Update the hash context with data
* while (data_left) {
* av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
* }
*
* // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
* // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
* // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
* // av_malloc().
* output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
* if (!output_buf)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Finalize the hash context.
* // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
* // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
* // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
* // memory needed.
* av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
*
* // Free the context
* av_hash_freep(&ctx);
* @endcode
*
* @section Hash Function-Specific Information
* If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
* used.
*
* If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
* lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @example ffhash.c
* This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
* arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
* initialization, updating, and finalizing.
*/
struct AVHashContext;
/**
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
*
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
* @note The context is not initialized, you must call av_hash_init().
*
* @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
* call av_hash_init() to do so.
*/
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
@ -38,8 +130,8 @@ int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
*
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
*
* @param i index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
* @return a pointer to a static string or NULL if i is out of range
* @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
* @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
*/
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
@ -49,64 +141,129 @@ const char *av_hash_names(int i);
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size will currently return.
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
*
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation
* and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to libavutil without
* recompilation.
* Note that you still need to check against av_hash_get_size, adding new hashes
* with larger sizes will not be considered an ABI change and should not cause
* your code to overflow a buffer.
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
* the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
* libavutil without recompilation.
*
* @warning
* Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
* so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
* overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
* av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
* already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
*/
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
/**
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
*
* The pointer passed to av_hash_final have space for at least this many bytes.
* The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
*
* @param[in] ctx Hash context
* @return Size of the hash value in bytes
*/
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
*/
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
/**
* Update a hash context with additional data.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
* @param[in] len Size of the additional data
*/
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
#else
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
*
* The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
*
* @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
*/
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
* If size is smaller than the hash size, the hash is truncated;
* if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
* Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
* hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
* @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a hex string.
* Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
* actual hash value as a string.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* The string is always 0-terminated.
* If size is smaller than 2 * hash_size + 1, the hex string is truncated.
*
* If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
* value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a base64 string.
* Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
* actual hash value as a string.
*
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
* been finalized.
*
* The string is always 0-terminated.
* If size is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), the base64 string is
* truncated.
*
* If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
* the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
*/
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
/**
* Free hash context.
* Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
*
* @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
*/
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi <moh.izadi at gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image.
*/
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption {
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0,
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1,
};
/**
* Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in
* a distribution.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile {
/**
* The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized
* RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in
* the range of 0 to100, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t percentage;
/**
* The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing
* window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
* and in multiples of 0.00001.
*/
AVRational percentile;
} AVHDRPlusPercentile;
/**
* Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* SMPTE 2094-40.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams {
/**
* The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 0.
*/
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x;
/**
* The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 0.
*/
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y;
/**
* The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 1.
*/
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x;
/**
* The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
* first processing window shall be 1.
*/
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y;
/**
* The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1),
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x;
/**
* The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1),
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y;
/**
* The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the
* positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external
* ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1.
*/
uint8_t rotation_angle;
/**
* The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse;
/**
* The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value
* shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current
* processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse;
/**
* The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
*/
uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse;
/**
* Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining
* rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one
* elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors
* in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value.
*/
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option;
/**
* The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to
* 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and
* maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively.
*/
AVRational maxscl[3];
/**
* The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the
* scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in
* multiples of 0.00001.
*/
AVRational average_maxrgb;
/**
* The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
* processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15.
*/
uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles;
/**
* The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
* processing window in the scene.
*/
AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15];
/**
* The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest
* pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
* and in multiples of 0.001.
*/
AVRational fraction_bright_pixels;
/**
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
*/
uint8_t tone_mapping_flag;
/**
* The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational knee_point_x;
/**
* The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
*/
AVRational knee_point_y;
/**
* The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping
* function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15.
*/
uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors;
/**
* The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0
* to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023.
*/
AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15];
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
* this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag;
/**
* The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of
* 1/8. The default value shall be 1.
*/
AVRational color_saturation_weight;
} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams;
/**
* This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
* application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with
* av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of
* the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus {
/**
* Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5.
*/
uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code;
/**
* Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094
* suite. The value shall be set to 0.
*/
uint8_t application_version;
/**
* The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range
* of 1 to 3, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_windows;
/**
* The color transform parameters for every processing window.
*/
AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3];
/**
* The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
* in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
* the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version
* of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
/**
* The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The number of columns in the
* targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be
* in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The
* values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of
* 1/15.
*/
AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
/**
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
* this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
*/
uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
/**
* The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array.
* The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
*/
uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
/**
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for
* mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1,
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/15.
*/
AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
} AVDynamicHDRPlus;
/**
* Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame.
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */

View file

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ enum AVHMACType {
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
AV_HMAC_SHA224,
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12,
AV_HMAC_SHA384,
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
};

View file

@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
#include "buffer.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
enum AVHWDeviceType {
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
};
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
/**
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
* E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
* this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
* and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
* derived.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
* points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
* AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
* specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
* references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
* optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
* state.
*/
typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
/**
* A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
/**
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
*
* This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
* afterwards.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType type;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
* by the caller.
*/
void *hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*
* @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
* struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
* are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void *user_opaque;
} AVHWDeviceContext;
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
/**
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
* assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
*
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
* given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
* yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
* struct.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
/**
* A class for logging.
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
/**
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
* additional references from it.
*/
AVBufferRef *device_ref;
/**
* The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
* device_ref->data provided for convenience.
*
* Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
/**
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
*/
void *hwctx;
/**
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
*/
void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
/**
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
*/
void *user_opaque;
/**
* A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
* The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
* have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
* type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
* this struct's free() callback is invoked.
*
* This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
* internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
* fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
* case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
*/
AVBufferPool *pool;
/**
* Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
* dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
*
* May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
* set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
*/
int initial_pool_size;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
*
* Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
* AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
enum AVPixelFormat format;
/**
* The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
* frames.
*
* Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
* only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
* planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
*/
enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
/**
* The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
*
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
int width, height;
} AVHWFramesContext;
/**
* Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
*
* @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
* @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
* not found.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
*
* @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
* @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
* is not valid.
*/
const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Iterate over supported device types.
*
* @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
*/
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
*
* @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
* the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
* used in any way.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
*
* This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
* who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
* manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*
* The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
* should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
* the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
* touched by the caller.
*
* @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
* will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
* and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
* needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
* @param type The type of the device to create.
* @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
* @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
* opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
* @param flags currently unused
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
/**
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
*
* If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
* derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
* devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
* existing device of the same type as is requested.
*
* Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
* device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
* attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
* turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
*
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
* AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
* used to create the new device.
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
/**
* Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
* a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
* function remains owned by the caller.
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
/**
* Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
* context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
* to any frames.
*
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
/**
* Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
*
* @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
* @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
* newly allocated buffers.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
/**
* Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
* AVHWFramesContext attached.
*
* If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
* must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
* If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
* of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
*
* dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
* data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
* If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
* dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
*
* The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
* AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
* transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
* (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
* also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
* smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
* destination frame is unspecified.
*
* @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
* @param src the source frame.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
/**
* Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
/**
* Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
};
/**
* Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
* av_hwframe_transfer_data().
*
* @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
* @param dir the direction of the transfer
* @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
* The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
* by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
* If this function returns successfully, the format list will
* have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
* On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
/**
* This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
* a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
* by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
* av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
*/
typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
/**
* A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
/**
* A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
* not known.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
/**
* The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (Zero if not known.)
*/
int min_width;
int min_height;
/**
* The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
* (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
*/
int max_width;
int max_height;
} AVHWFramesConstraints;
/**
* Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
* After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
* hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
* av_free().
*
* @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
* success or NULL on failure.
*/
void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
/**
* Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
* configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
* configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
* of the device.
*
* @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
* @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
* to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
* @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
* on the device, or NULL if not available.
*/
AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
const void *hwconfig);
/**
* Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*
* @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
*/
void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
/**
* Flags to apply to frame mappings.
*/
enum {
/**
* The mapping must be readable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
/**
* The mapping must be writeable.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
/**
* The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
* operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
* which are not overwritten are unspecified.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
/**
* The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
* the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
* be much lower than normal memory.
*/
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
};
/**
* Map a hardware frame.
*
* This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
* and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
* frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
* by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
* dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
*
* If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
* then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
* the frame that src was originally mapped from.
*
* If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
* attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
* then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
* possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
* given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
* create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
*
* If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
* mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
* If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
* with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
* AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
* format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
*
* A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
* possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
* values indicate that it failed somehow.
*
* @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
* @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
/**
* Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
* AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
*
* av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
*
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
* AVHWFramesContext.
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
* AVHWFramesContext on.
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
* which will be mapped to the derived context.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
* mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
* in the derived device.
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
*/
int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
enum AVPixelFormat format,
AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
int flags);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
#include <cuda.h>
#endif
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
*
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
*/
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
CUcontext cuda_ctx;
CUstream stream;
AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
} AVCUDADeviceContext;
/**
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
*
* The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
* set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
* individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
*
* Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
* DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
* this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
*
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
* for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
* code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
*/
#include <d3d11.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
/**
* Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
* set the libavcodec decoding device.
*
* Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
* device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11Device *device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
/**
* Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
* video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
* texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
* access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
*
* If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
* internal mutex.
*
* The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
* locking implementation.
*/
void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
void *lock_ctx;
} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
/**
* D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
*
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
* planes of the frame.
*
* This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
* necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
/**
* The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
* managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
* the interface.
*
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
*/
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
/**
* The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
* if the texture is not an array texture.
*
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
*/
intptr_t index;
} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
/**
* The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
* on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
* texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
*
* The only situation when the API user should set this is:
* - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
* AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
* allocate the pool
* - of an array texture
* - and wants it to use it for decoding
* - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
*
* Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*
* This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
* requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
* objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
*/
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
/**
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
* at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
* video decoding.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
UINT BindFlags;
/**
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
*/
UINT MiscFlags;
} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
*
* Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
* must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
* NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
* added in future.
*/
enum {
/**
* The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
*/
AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
};
/**
* DRM object descriptor.
*
* Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
* descriptor.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
/**
* DRM PRIME fd for the object.
*/
int fd;
/**
* Total size of the object.
*
* (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
*/
size_t size;
/**
* Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
*
* If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
* DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
*/
uint64_t format_modifier;
} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
/**
* DRM plane descriptor.
*
* Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
* a single object.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
/**
* Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
* array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
*/
int object_index;
/**
* Offset within that object of this plane.
*/
ptrdiff_t offset;
/**
* Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
*/
ptrdiff_t pitch;
} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
/**
* DRM layer descriptor.
*
* Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
* defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
/**
* Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
*/
uint32_t format;
/**
* Number of planes in the layer.
*
* This must match the number of planes required by format.
*/
int nb_planes;
/**
* Array of planes in this layer.
*/
AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
/**
* DRM frame descriptor.
*
* This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
* It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
* an object of this type.
*
* The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
* imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
* and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
* (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
* platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
* to import it.)
*
* The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
* the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
* increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
* be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
/**
* Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
*/
int nb_objects;
/**
* Array of objects making up the frame.
*/
AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
/**
* Number of layers in the frame.
*/
int nb_layers;
/**
* Array of layers in the frame.
*/
AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
/**
* DRM device.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
/**
* File descriptor of DRM device.
*
* This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
* used in some derivation and mapping operations.
*
* If no device is required, set to -1.
*/
int fd;
} AVDRMDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
*
* Only fixed-size pools are supported.
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
*/
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
/**
* The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
* DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
*/
DWORD surface_type;
/**
* The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
* this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
* libavutil.
*/
IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
* To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
* field is provided.
*
* If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
* it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
*
* This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
* decoder reference.
*/
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */

View file

@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
/*
* Filter graphs
* copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@ -19,10 +16,21 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
#include "avfilter.h"
#include "libavutil/log.h"
/**
* MediaCodec details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
/**
* android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
*
* This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
*/
void *surface;
} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
*
* This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
* contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
*/
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
mfxSession session;
} AVQSVDeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
*/
int frame_type;
} AVQSVFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
#include <va/va.h>
/**
* @file
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
*
* Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
* target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
* argument to vaCreateContext().
*
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
* with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
*/
enum {
/**
* The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
* automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
/**
* The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
* vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
* separately afterwards.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
/**
* The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
* so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
/**
* The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
* The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
* and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
*/
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
};
/**
* VAAPI connection details.
*
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
/**
* The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
*/
VADisplay display;
/**
* Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
* with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
* AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
* may need to refer to this field when performing any later
* operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
*/
unsigned int driver_quirks;
} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
/**
* VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
*
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
/**
* Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
* the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
*/
VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
int nb_attributes;
/**
* The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
* Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
* These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
* vaCreateContext().
*/
VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
int nb_surfaces;
} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
/**
* VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
*
* Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
/**
* ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
*/
VAConfigID config_id;
} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
*
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
*/
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
VdpDevice device;
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
/**
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
*
* This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox
* API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames.
*
* If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
*
* Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
* NULL.
*/
/**
* Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
* Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
/**
* Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
*/
uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */

View file

@ -120,6 +120,24 @@ void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
* available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
* memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
* av_image_copy().
*
* The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
* by the CPU architecture.
*
* @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
* int for av_image_copy().
* @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
* size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
*/
void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
* parameters and the provided array.
@ -137,7 +155,7 @@ void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
* one call, use av_image_alloc().
*
* @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
* @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
@ -154,7 +172,11 @@ int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
* Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
* image with the given parameters.
*
* @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment
* @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
*/
int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
@ -167,7 +189,7 @@ int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height,
* @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
* @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
* @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
* @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
* @param width the width of the source image in pixels
* @param height the height of the source image in pixels
@ -191,6 +213,21 @@ int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
*/
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
* bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
* with a signed int.
*
* @param w the width of the picture
* @param h the height of the picture
* @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
/**
* Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
*
@ -205,6 +242,33 @@ int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *lo
*/
int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
/**
* Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
* sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
* and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
* formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
*
* If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
*
* This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
* non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
*
* Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
* operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
* not supported.)
*
* @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
int width, int height);
/**
* @}
*/

View file

@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ typedef union {
* by per-arch headers.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
#if defined(__GNUC__)
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
#elif defined(__DECC)
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16
# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \
uint16_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16
# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \
uint16_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
} while(0)
@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32
# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \
uint32_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32
# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \
unsigned d = (darg); \
# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \
uint32_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64
# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \
uint64_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64
# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \
uint64_t d = (darg); \
# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \
uint64_t d = (val); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
@ -542,6 +542,21 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
#endif
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
#else
# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p)
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64A
# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL64A
# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v)
#endif
/*
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
* memory locations.

View file

@ -22,6 +22,14 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG.
* The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should
* not be accessed directly. Only its sizeof() is guranteed to stay the same
* to allow easy instanciation.
*/
typedef struct AVLFG {
unsigned int state[64];
int index;
@ -29,6 +37,13 @@ typedef struct AVLFG {
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
/**
* Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
*
* Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
*/
int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
/**
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
*
@ -36,8 +51,9 @@ void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
*/
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
c->index += 1U;
return a;
}
/**
@ -48,7 +64,9 @@ static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
c->index += 1U;
return a;
}
/**

View file

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ typedef enum {
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
}AVClassCategory;
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
@ -317,19 +317,22 @@ AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
#if FF_API_DLOG
/**
* av_dlog macros
* @deprecated unused
* Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
* may be NULL if line_size is 0
* @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
* be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
* @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
* the number of characters that would have been written for a
* sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
* character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
* that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
#else
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
#endif
#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */
int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
/**
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of

View file

@ -45,4 +45,6 @@
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
* the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
/**
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
*/
AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
/**
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
*/
AVRational white_point[2];
/**
* Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
*/
AVRational min_luminance;
/**
* Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
*/
AVRational max_luminance;
/**
* Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
*/
int has_primaries;
/**
* Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
*/
int has_luminance;
} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
/**
* Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
*
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
* appropriate type.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
/**
* Max content light level (cd/m^2).
*/
unsigned MaxCLL;
/**
* Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
*/
unsigned MaxFALL;
} AVContentLightMetadata;
/**
* Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
*
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
*
* @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
*/
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */

View file

@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
@ -63,84 +69,155 @@
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Rounding methods.
*/
enum AVRounding {
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE
/**
* Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
* unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
*
* Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
* bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
* enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
* cases.
*
* @code{.c}
* av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
* // Rescaling 3:
* // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
* // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
* // => 2
*
* av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
* // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
* // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
* @endcode
*/
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
};
/**
* Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b.
* Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
*
* @return gcd of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
* @param a,b Operands
* @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
* if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
*/
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
* directly can overflow.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
*
* @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
*
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
* directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
*
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
*
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
/**
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
*
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
*
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
*/
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
enum AVRounding) av_const;
enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
/**
* Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
* is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
* @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
* Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
*
* @return One of the following values:
* - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
* - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
* - 0 if they represent the same position
*
* @warning
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
* the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
*/
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
/**
* Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
* That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
* significant log2(mod) bits are known.
* Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
*
* @param mod must be a power of 2
* @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
* a positive value if a is greater than b
* 0 if a equals b
* In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
* `a` and `b`.
*
* @code{.c}
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
* @endcode
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
* @return
* - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
* - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
* - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
*/
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
/**
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
*
* @param in_ts Input timestamp
* @param in_tb Input timebase
* @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase
* @param duration duration till the next call
* @param out_tb Output timebase
* This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
* timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
* call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
*
* The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
* subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
* initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
*
* @param[in] in_tb Input time base
* @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
* @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
* (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
* @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
* duration of the current packet/frame)
* @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
* `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
* @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
* @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
*
* @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
* seconds.
*/
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
@ -150,15 +227,15 @@ int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
*
* @param ts Input timestamp
* @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase
* @param inc value to add to ts
* @param inc_tb inc timebase
* @param[in] ts Input timestamp
* @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
* @param[in] inc Value to be added
* @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
*/
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
/**
/**
* @}
*/

View file

@ -18,9 +18,16 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_md5
* Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
@ -28,7 +35,9 @@
/**
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* MD5 hash function implementation.
*
* @{
*/
@ -55,7 +64,11 @@ void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
* @param src input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
#else
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
@ -72,7 +85,11 @@ void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
* @param src The data to hash
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
*/
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
#else
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* @}

View file

@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
/**
* @file
* memory handling functions
* @ingroup lavu_mem
* Memory handling functions
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
@ -35,37 +36,133 @@
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
* Utilities for manipulating memory.
*
* FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
* program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
* encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
*
* However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
* recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
* instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
* compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
* dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
*
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
* Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
*
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
* assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
#else
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
* Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
*
* These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
* generate better code.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def av_malloc_attrib
* Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
*
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
#else
#define av_malloc_attrib
#endif
/**
* @def av_alloc_size(...)
* Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
* given by the specified parameter(s).
*
* @code{.c}
* void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
* void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
* @endcode
*
* @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
*
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
*/
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
#define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
#else
@ -73,204 +170,423 @@
#endif
/**
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
* Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
*
* All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
* bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
* caution when doing so.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
* (including vectors if available on the CPU).
*
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
* @see av_mallocz()
*/
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_malloc().
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @see av_malloc()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
return NULL;
return av_malloc(nmemb * size);
}
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or NULL.
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated.
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
* @see av_fast_realloc()
*/
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
* - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
* integer overflow.
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
* leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
*/
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
* If *ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_reallocp(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate an array.
* If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or NULL.
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
*/
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate or reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
* If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
* some libc implementations.
*/
av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
* av_realloc().
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
* @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
* @see av_freep()
*/
void av_free(void *ptr);
/**
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
* zero all the bytes of the block.
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
* (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
* block.
*
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
* @see av_malloc()
*/
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
/**
* Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
* zero all the bytes of the block.
* The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
* to INT_MAX.
* @param nmemb
* @param size
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
*
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
*
* @param nmemb Number of element
* @param size Size of a single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
* @see av_malloc()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
*
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
*
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
* be allocated
*
* @see av_mallocz()
* @see av_malloc_array()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
*
* Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
*/
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_mallocz().
* @param nmemb Number of elements
* @param size Size of the single element
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
* be allocated.
* @see av_mallocz()
* @see av_malloc_array()
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
*
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
* @see av_fast_realloc()
* @see av_reallocp()
*/
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
return NULL;
return av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
}
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
/**
* Duplicate the string s.
* @param s string to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
* pointer.
*
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
* with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
* is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
* reallocated
*
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
*/
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
av_warn_unused_result
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
/**
* Duplicate a substring of the string s.
* @param s string to be duplicated
* @param len the maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
* terminating byte).
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
* - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
* after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
* leak with the classic
* @code{.c}
* buf = realloc(buf);
* if (!buf)
* return -1;
* @endcode
* pattern.
*/
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
/**
* Duplicate the buffer p.
* @param p buffer to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
* copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated.
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
*
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
* `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
* @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
* @param size Size of the single element of the array
*
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
* @see av_reallocp_array()
*/
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
* av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
* be freed.
* @note passing a pointer to a NULL pointer is safe and leads to no action.
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
*
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
* allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
* @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
* @param[in] size Size of the single element
*
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
*
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
* correctly aligned.
*/
int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
*
* If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
*
* If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
* returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
* freed.
*
* A typical use pattern follows:
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
* uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
* if (!new_buf) {
* // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
* av_freep(&buf);
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr`
* @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
* buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
* error
* @see av_realloc()
* @see av_fast_malloc()
*/
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
* avoid memleaks is necessary.
*
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
* av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
* if (!buf) {
* // Allocation failed; buf already freed
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
* @see av_realloc()
* @see av_fast_mallocz()
*/
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
* Reused buffer is not cleared.
*
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
*
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
* in case of failure.
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
* @see av_fast_malloc()
*/
void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
* or av_realloc() family.
*
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
*
* @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
* behind dangling pointers.
* @see av_freep()
*/
void av_free(void *ptr);
/**
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
* or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
*
* @code{.c}
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
* av_free(buf);
* // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
* // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
* // security risk.
*
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
* av_freep(&buf);
* // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
* // NULL-pointer dereference.
* @endcode
*
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
* @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
* @see av_free()
*/
void av_freep(void *ptr);
/**
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
* Duplicate a string.
*
* @param s String to be duplicated
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
* @see av_strndup()
*/
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a substring of a string.
*
* @param s String to be duplicated
* @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
* terminating byte)
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
* substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
*/
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
/**
* Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
*
* @param p Buffer to be duplicated
* @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
* copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
*/
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
/**
* Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
*
* @param dst Destination buffer
* @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
* the overlapping window); must be > 0
* @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
*
* @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
*/
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
*
* Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
*
* Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
* needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
*
* libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
* allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
* array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
* caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
* the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
*
* The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
* allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
* to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
* av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
*
* @code
* type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
*
* type to_be_added = ...;
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
*
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
* if (nb == 0)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
* if (nb == 0)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Now:
* // nb == 2
* // &to_be_added == array[0]
* // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
*
* av_freep(&array);
* @endcode
*
* The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
* result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
* implements this mechanism.
*
* @code
* type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
*
* type to_be_added = ...;
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
*
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
* if (!addr)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
* memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
*
* // Shortcut of the above.
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
* (const void *)&to_be_added2);
* if (!addr)
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
*
* // Now:
* // nb == 2
* // to_be_added == array[0]
* // to_be_added2 == array[1]
*
* av_freep(&array);
* @endcode
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
*
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
@ -280,14 +596,14 @@ void av_freep(void *ptr);
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
*
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param elem element to add
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param[in] elem Element to add
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
@ -299,48 +615,62 @@ void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
*
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param elem element to add
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise.
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
*/
av_warn_unused_result
int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
/**
* Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array.
* Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
*
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
*
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
* is incremented.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
*
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array
* @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of
* the new added element is not filled.
* @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space.
* If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized."
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
* @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
* @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
* `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
* allocated but left uninitialized.
*
* @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
* space
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
*/
void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
const uint8_t *elem_data);
/**
* Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
* @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
*
* Other functions related to memory allocation.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
*
* @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
* @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
*/
static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
{
size_t t = a * b;
/* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
* are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
/* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
* are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
return AVERROR(EINVAL);
*r = t;
@ -348,43 +678,22 @@ static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
}
/**
* Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
* Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
*
* The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
* lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
*
* By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
*
* @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
*
* @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
* this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
*/
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
/**
* deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
* @param dst destination buffer
* @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
* @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
*
* cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
*/
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
/**
* Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
*
* @see av_realloc
*/
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
*
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
* handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
*
* @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
* @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
* @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
* *size 0 if an error occurred.
*/
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/

View file

@ -45,6 +45,13 @@ typedef struct AVMotionVector {
* Currently unused.
*/
uint64_t flags;
/**
* Motion vector
* src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
* src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
*/
int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
uint16_t motion_scale;
} AVMotionVector;
#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */

View file

@ -18,15 +18,103 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_murmur3
* Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
*
* MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
* incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
*
* - 32-bit output
* - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
* - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
*
* FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
* platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
* the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
* performance.
*
* @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
* By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
* libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
* seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
* as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
*
* To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
* this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
*
* @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
*/
struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
*
* @param[out] c Hash context
* @param[in] seed Random seed
*
* @see av_murmur3_init()
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
*/
void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
/**
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
*
* Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
*
* @param[out] c Hash context
*
* @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
*/
void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
/**
* Update hash context with new data.
*
* @param[out] c Hash context
* @param[in] src Input data to update hash with
* @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src`
*/
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
#else
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
*
* @param[in,out] c Hash context
* @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored
*/
void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */

View file

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
* @code
* typedef struct test_struct {
* AVClass *class;
* const AVClass *class;
* int int_opt;
* char *str_opt;
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
* @code
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
* {
* test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
* test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
* ret->class = &test_class;
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
* return ret;
@ -228,15 +228,16 @@ enum AVOptionType{
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'),
AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
};
/**
@ -274,14 +275,11 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
int flags;
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
#endif
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
/**
* The option is inteded for exporting values to the caller.
* The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
/**
@ -289,7 +287,9 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
/**

View file

@ -85,16 +85,16 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
/**
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w)
* chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w)
uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
/**
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
* chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h)
* chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
*/
@ -154,17 +154,21 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
* in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on
* the pixel format without using the palette.
* An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8
*
* @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed,
* the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only
* actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a
* palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the
* extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to
* allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required
* before the deprecation, though).
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
/**
* The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
* support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can
* carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the
* AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding
* AVPixFmtDescriptor.
*
* The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied.
* support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
* straight, never pre-multiplied.
*
* If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
* opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
@ -173,76 +177,15 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
/**
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
* pixel format component c to dst.
*
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
* values to write to dst
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
* The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
*/
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8)
/**
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
* image line.
*
* @param src array containing the values to write
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
* values to write to the image line
* The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
* single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
*/
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w);
/**
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
*
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
* format of name.
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
* then for "gray16le".
*
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
* unknown.
*
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
*/
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
*/
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
@ -286,14 +229,9 @@ enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
* Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
* the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
*
* See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a
* valid pixel format instead of returning an error code.
* Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless
* you do check the return code!
*
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
*/
@ -306,6 +244,139 @@ int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
*/
int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
/**
* @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
/**
* @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
/**
* @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
/**
* @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
/**
* @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
*/
int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
*
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
* format of name.
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
* then for "gray16le".
*
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
/**
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
* unknown.
*
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
*/
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
*
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
* @param buf_size the size of buf
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
* corresponding header.
*/
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
/**
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
* pixel format component c to dst.
*
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
* values to write to dst
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
* @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte)
*/
void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component,
int dst_element_size);
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
/**
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
* image line.
*
* @param src array containing the values to write
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
* values to write to the image line
* @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte)
*/
void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size);
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
int x, int y, int c, int w);
/**
* Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
*
@ -366,29 +437,4 @@ int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
/**
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
/**
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
/**
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
/**
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
/**
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
*/
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */

View file

@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
/**
* @file
* pixel format definitions
*
*/
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
@ -43,6 +42,10 @@
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
* big-endian CPUs.
*
* @note
* If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
* then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
*
* @par
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
@ -54,7 +57,7 @@
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
*
* @par
* For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
* For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
* allocating the picture.
*/
@ -71,15 +74,10 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
#if FF_API_XVMC
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT
#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */
AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
@ -101,13 +99,6 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
#if FF_API_VDPAU
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
@ -126,7 +117,7 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
/**@{*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
/**@}*/
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
#else
@ -143,16 +134,13 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
#if FF_API_VDPAU
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
@ -177,8 +165,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
@ -221,10 +209,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
@ -240,9 +226,15 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
/**
* HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
* exactly as for system memory frames.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
@ -277,9 +269,9 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
#if !FF_API_XVMC
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
@ -289,11 +281,75 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
AV_PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
};
AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
/**
* Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
*
* This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
* hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
*
* data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
* texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
* an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
/**
* DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
*
* data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
/**
* Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
*
* data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
* in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
};
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
@ -308,6 +364,10 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
@ -344,6 +404,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
@ -351,6 +413,10 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
@ -358,6 +424,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
@ -365,9 +433,12 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
/**
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries {
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
@ -381,12 +452,17 @@ enum AVColorPrimaries {
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1= 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
AVCOL_PRI_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* Color Transfer Characteristic.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
*/
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
@ -403,15 +479,19 @@ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10, 12, 14 and 16 bit systems
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
AVCOL_TRC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
* YUV colorspace type.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
*/
enum AVColorSpace {
AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
@ -420,15 +500,18 @@ enum AVColorSpace {
AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7,
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
#define AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG
/**
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
@ -437,7 +520,7 @@ enum AVColorRange {
AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
AVCOL_RANGE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
/**
@ -457,13 +540,13 @@ enum AVColorRange {
*/
enum AVChromaLocation {
AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4 4:2:0, h264 default for 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1 4:2:0, jpeg 4:2:0, h263 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */

View file

@ -21,7 +21,8 @@
/**
* @file
* rational numbers
* @ingroup lavu_math_rational
* Utilties for rational number calculation.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
@ -33,22 +34,39 @@
#include "attributes.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_math
* @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
* @ingroup lavu_math
* Rational number calculation.
*
* While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
* conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
* other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
* timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
* interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
* denominators.
*
* Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
* reference to the mathematical symbol "" (Q) which denotes the set of all
* rational numbers.
*
* @{
*/
/**
* rational number numerator/denominator
* Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
*/
typedef struct AVRational{
int num; ///< numerator
int den; ///< denominator
int num; ///< Numerator
int den; ///< Denominator
} AVRational;
/**
* Create a rational.
* Create an AVRational.
*
* Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
* @note The return value is not reduced.
*
* @note The return value is not reduced.
* @see av_reduce()
*/
static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
{
@ -58,10 +76,15 @@ static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
/**
* Compare two rationals.
* @param a first rational
* @param b second rational
* @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the
* values is of the form 0/0
*
* @param a First rational
* @param b Second rational
*
* @return One of the following values:
* - 0 if `a == b`
* - 1 if `a > b`
* - -1 if `a < b`
* - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
*/
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
@ -73,9 +96,10 @@ static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
}
/**
* Convert rational to double.
* @param a rational to convert
* @return (double) a
* Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
* @param a AVRational to convert
* @return `a` in floating-point form
* @see av_d2q()
*/
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
return a.num / (double) a.den;
@ -83,44 +107,46 @@ static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
/**
* Reduce a fraction.
*
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
* @param dst_num destination numerator
* @param dst_den destination denominator
* @param num source numerator
* @param den source denominator
* @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
* @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
*
* @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
* @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
* @param[in] num Source numerator
* @param[in] den Source denominator
* @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
* @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
*/
int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
/**
* Multiply two rationals.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b*c
*/
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Divide one rational by another.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b/c
*/
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Add two rationals.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b+c
*/
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
/**
* Subtract one rational from another.
* @param b first rational
* @param c second rational
* @param b First rational
* @param c Second rational
* @return b-c
*/
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
@ -138,31 +164,46 @@ static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
/**
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
* inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
*
* @param d double to convert
* @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @return (AVRational) d
* In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
* `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
*
* @param d `double` to convert
* @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
* @return `d` in AVRational form
* @see av_q2d()
*/
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
/**
* @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
* than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
* Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
*
* @param q Rational to be compared against
* @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
* @return One of the following values:
* - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
* - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
* - 0 if they have the same distance
*/
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
/**
* Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
* @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
* @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
* Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
*
* @param q Reference rational
* @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
* @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
*/
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
/**
* Converts a AVRational to a IEEE 32bit float.
* Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
* format.
*
* The float is returned in a uint32_t and its value is platform indepenant.
* @param q Rational to be converted
* @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
* integer.
* @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
*/
uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);

View file

@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
/*
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

View file

@ -19,6 +19,12 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_ripemd
* Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
@ -29,7 +35,9 @@
/**
* @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* RIPEMD hash function implementation.
*
* @{
*/
@ -58,7 +66,11 @@ int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
#else
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.

View file

@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
*
* Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
* @{
*
*/
/**
@ -69,6 +68,8 @@ enum AVSampleFormat {
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
};

View file

@ -18,9 +18,16 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_sha
* Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
@ -28,7 +35,17 @@
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
*
* This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
*
* - SHA-1: 160 bits
* - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
* - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
*
* @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
*
* @{
*/
@ -53,11 +70,15 @@ int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
/**
* Update hash value.
*
* @param context hash function context
* @param ctx hash function context
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
#else
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.

View file

@ -19,17 +19,35 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_sha512
* Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA512
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
* @ingroup lavu_hash
* SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
*
* This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
*
* - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
* - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
* - SHA-384: 384 bits
* - SHA-512: 512 bits
*
* @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
*
* @{
*/
@ -58,7 +76,11 @@ int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
* @param data input data to update hash with
* @param len input data length
*/
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
#else
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
#endif
/**
* Finish hashing and output digest value.

View file

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Spherical video
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical
* A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
* sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
* transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
* the video should be mapped and displayed.
*/
/**
* Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
*/
enum AVSphericalProjection {
/**
* Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
* equirectangular projection.
*/
AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
/**
* Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
* 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
* and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
* forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
* to the back.
*/
AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
/**
* Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
* using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
* the position of the current video in a larger surface.
*/
AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
};
/**
* This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
* information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
/**
* Projection type.
*/
enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
/**
* @name Initial orientation
* @{
* There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
* the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
* viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
* yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
*
* The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
* forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
* a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
*
* A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
* toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
* in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
* the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
*
* These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
*
* See this equirectangular projection as example:
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* Yaw
* -180 0 180
* 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180
* | | | up
* P | | | y| forward
* i | ^ | | /z
* t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | /
* c | | | | /
* h | | | 0|/_____right
* | | | x
* -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
*
* X - the default camera center
* ^ - the default up vector
* @endcode
*/
int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @name Bounding rectangle
* @anchor bounding
* @{
* These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
* it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
* exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
* pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* +----------------+----------+
* | |bound_top |
* | +--------+ |
* | bound_left |tile | |
* +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right
* | +--------+ |
* | | |
* | bound_bottom| |
* +----------------+----------+
* @endcode
*
* If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
* by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
* like in the following example:
*
* @code{c}
* original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right;
* original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom;
* @endcode
*
* @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
* projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
* and should be ignored in all other cases.
*/
uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge
uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge
uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge
uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
*
* @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
* (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
* cases.
*/
uint32_t padding;
} AVSphericalMapping;
/**
* Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
* values.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
* from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
*
* @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
* @param width Width of the current frame or stream.
* @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
* @param left Pixels from the left edge.
* @param top Pixels from the top edge.
* @param right Pixels from the right edge.
* @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
*/
void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
size_t width, size_t height,
size_t *left, size_t *top,
size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
/**
* Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
*
* @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
*
* @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
*/
const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
/**
* Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
*
* @param name The input string.
*
* @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
*/
int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */

View file

@ -18,6 +18,11 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Stereoscopic video
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
@ -25,6 +30,21 @@
#include "frame.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d
* A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
* frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
* possible codec-independent view arrangements.
* */
/**
* List of possible 3D Types
*/
@ -37,41 +57,49 @@ enum AVStereo3DType {
/**
* Views are next to each other.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLRRRR
* LLLLRRRR
* LLLLRRRR
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
/**
* Views are on top of each other.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL
* RRRRRRRR
* RRRRRRRR
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
/**
* Views are alternated temporally.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* frame0 frame1 frame2 ...
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
* ... ... ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
/**
* Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LRLRLRLR
* RLRLRLRL
* LRLRLRLR
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
@ -79,34 +107,59 @@ enum AVStereo3DType {
* Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
* apply a checkerboard pattern.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
/**
* Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LLLLLLLL
* RRRRRRRR
* LLLLLLLL
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
/**
* Views are packed per column.
*
* @code{.unparsed}
* LRLRLRLR
* LRLRLRLR
* LRLRLRLR
* ...
* @endcode
*/
AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
};
/**
* List of possible view types.
*/
enum AVStereo3DView {
/**
* Frame contains two packed views.
*/
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
/**
* Frame contains only the left view.
*/
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
/**
* Frame contains only the right view.
*/
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
};
/**
* Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
@ -130,6 +183,11 @@ typedef struct AVStereo3D {
* Additional information about the frame packing.
*/
int flags;
/**
* Determines which views are packed.
*/
enum AVStereo3DView view;
} AVStereo3D;
/**
@ -149,4 +207,27 @@ AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
*/
AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
*
* @param type The input stereo3d type value.
*
* @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
*/
const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
/**
* Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
*
* @param name The input string.
*
* @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
*/
int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */

View file

@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
/**
* Set the sending error code.
*
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
* return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
* Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
* to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
* return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
* AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
* suspend its operation.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
int err);
@ -80,12 +80,36 @@ void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
/**
* Set the receiving error code.
*
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
* return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
* AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
* suspend its operation.
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
* return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
* Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
* to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
int err);
/**
* Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
* operation is removing messages from the queue.
*/
void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
void (*free_func)(void *msg));
/**
* Return the current number of messages in the queue.
*
* @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
* without thread support
*/
int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
/**
* Flush the message queue
*
* This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
* except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
* reads).
*/
void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */

View file

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include "rational.h"
#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16
#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23
enum AVTimecodeFlag {
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame

View file

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
{
if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64, ts);
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts);
return buf;
}

View file

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void);
* then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged.
* @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree,
* API identical to that of Standard C's qsort
* It is guranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
* It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
* will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the
* user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context).
* @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element
@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t);
/**
* Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range.
*
* @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for a element below the
* range, > 0 for a element above the range and == 0 for a
* @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the
* range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an
* element inside the range
*
* @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the

View file

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H
#define AVUTIL_TX_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext;
typedef struct AVComplexFloat {
float re, im;
} AVComplexFloat;
enum AVTXType {
/**
* Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type AVComplexFloat.
* Scaling currently unsupported
*/
AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0,
/**
* Standard MDCT with sample data type of float and a scale type of
* float. Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame)
*/
AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1,
};
/**
* Function pointer to a function to perform the transform.
*
* @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init()
* is not allowed.
*
* @param s the transform context
* @param out the output array
* @param in the input array
* @param stride the input or output stride (depending on transform direction)
* in bytes, currently implemented for all MDCT transforms
*/
typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride);
/**
* Initialize a transform context with the given configuration
* Currently power of two lengths from 4 to 131072 are supported, along with
* any length decomposable to a power of two and either 3, 5 or 15.
*
* @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error
* @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set
* @param type type the type of transform
* @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform
* @param len the size of the transform in samples
* @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type
* @param flags currently unused
*
* @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
*/
int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type,
int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags);
/**
* Frees a context and sets ctx to NULL, does nothing when ctx == NULL
*/
void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */

View file

@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Libavutil version macros
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
@ -29,6 +35,21 @@
* Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
* backward compatibility.
*
* The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
* Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
* The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
* and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
* Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
*
* Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
* avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
* Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
* a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
* That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
* for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
* point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
* versions.
*
* @{
*/
@ -37,13 +58,15 @@
#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
/**
* @}
* Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
* by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
*/
#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu
* Libavutil version macros
* @}
*/
/**
@ -55,8 +78,8 @@
* @{
*/
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 55
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 5
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 31
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
@ -70,9 +93,7 @@
#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
/**
* @}
*
* @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards
* @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
@ -84,35 +105,35 @@
* @{
*/
#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU
#define FF_API_VDPAU (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
#define FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_DLOG
#define FF_API_DLOG (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI
#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP
#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS
#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL
#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
#endif
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */

View file

@ -45,12 +45,23 @@ AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void);
* Initialize an AVXTEA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
* interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers
*/
void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* Initialize an AVXTEA context.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
* interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers
*/
void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
* in big endian format.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
@ -62,6 +73,20 @@ void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
* in little endian format.
*
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
/**
* @}
*/

View file

@ -28,7 +28,9 @@
*/
/**
* @defgroup lpp Libpostproc
* @defgroup lpp libpostproc
* Video postprocessing library.
*
* @{
*/
@ -51,10 +53,6 @@ const char *postproc_license(void);
#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6
#if FF_API_QP_TYPE
#define QP_STORE_T int8_t //deprecated
#endif
#include <inttypes.h>
typedef void pp_context;

View file

@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H
#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H
#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H
#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 54
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 0
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 5
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
@ -42,8 +42,4 @@
#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION)
#ifndef FF_API_QP_TYPE
#define FF_API_QP_TYPE (LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
#endif
#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H */
#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */

View file

@ -28,11 +28,10 @@
*/
/**
* @defgroup lswr Libswresample
* @defgroup lswr libswresample
* @{
*
* Libswresample (lswr) is a library that handles audio resampling, sample
* format conversion and mixing.
* Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library.
*
* Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
* allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters
@ -121,15 +120,12 @@
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#include "libswresample/version.h"
#if LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1
#define SWR_CH_MAX 32 ///< Maximum number of channels
#endif
/**
* @name Option constants
* These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr.
@ -366,6 +362,36 @@ int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensatio
*/
int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
/**
* Generate a channel mixing matrix.
*
* This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
* default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
* building custom matrices.
*
* @param in_layout input channel layout
* @param out_layout output channel layout
* @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
* @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
* @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
* @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
* overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
* normalized.
* @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
* @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
* matrix array
* @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval,
double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
void *log_ctx);
/**
* Set a customized remix matrix.
*

View file

@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef SWR_VERSION_H
#define SWR_VERSION_H
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
/**
* @file
@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 2
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 0
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 5
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
@ -42,4 +42,4 @@
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
#endif /* SWR_VERSION_H */
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */

View file

@ -35,7 +35,9 @@
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup libsws Color conversion and scaling
* @defgroup libsws libswscale
* Color conversion and scaling library.
*
* @{
*
* Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
@ -73,7 +75,7 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
//internal chrominace subsampling info
//internal chrominance subsampling info
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
//input subsampling info
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
@ -91,6 +93,7 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9
/**
* Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
@ -247,18 +250,6 @@ SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
*/
SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
/**
* Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all
* with the same value c.
*/
SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
/**
* Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with
* value 1.0.
*/
SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
/**
* Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
*/
@ -268,22 +259,17 @@ void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
* Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
*/
void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
/**
* Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
* with the same coefficients as a.
*/
SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
/**
* Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
* if log_level <= av_log_level.
*/
void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
#endif
void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);

View file

@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
#include "libavutil/version.h"
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 4
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 0
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 5
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
@ -46,4 +46,8 @@
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)
#endif
#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */

View file

@ -1,15 +1,28 @@
EXPORTS
audio_resample
audio_resample_close
av_audio_convert
av_audio_convert_alloc
av_audio_convert_free
av_audio_resample_init
av_ac3_parse_header
av_adts_header_parse
av_bitstream_filter_close
av_bitstream_filter_filter
av_bitstream_filter_init
av_bitstream_filter_next
av_codec_ffversion DATA
av_bsf_alloc
av_bsf_flush
av_bsf_free
av_bsf_get_by_name
av_bsf_get_class
av_bsf_get_null_filter
av_bsf_init
av_bsf_iterate
av_bsf_list_alloc
av_bsf_list_append
av_bsf_list_append2
av_bsf_list_finalize
av_bsf_list_free
av_bsf_list_parse_str
av_bsf_next
av_bsf_receive_packet
av_bsf_send_packet
av_codec_ffversion
av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix
av_codec_get_codec_descriptor
av_codec_get_codec_properties
@ -19,6 +32,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_codec_get_seek_preroll
av_codec_is_decoder
av_codec_is_encoder
av_codec_iterate
av_codec_next
av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix
av_codec_set_codec_descriptor
@ -27,10 +41,12 @@ EXPORTS
av_codec_set_seek_preroll
av_copy_packet
av_copy_packet_side_data
av_cpb_properties_alloc
av_d3d11va_alloc_context
av_dct_calc
av_dct_end
av_dct_init
av_dirac_parse_sequence_header
av_dup_packet
av_dv_codec_profile
av_dv_codec_profile2
@ -43,6 +59,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_fft_permute
av_free_packet
av_get_audio_frame_duration
av_get_audio_frame_duration2
av_get_bits_per_sample
av_get_codec_tag_string
av_get_exact_bits_per_sample
@ -53,13 +70,19 @@ EXPORTS
av_imdct_calc
av_imdct_half
av_init_packet
av_jni_get_java_vm
av_jni_set_java_vm
av_lockmgr_register
av_log_ask_for_sample
av_log_missing_feature
av_mdct_calc
av_mdct_end
av_mdct_init
av_mediacodec_alloc_context
av_mediacodec_default_free
av_mediacodec_default_init
av_mediacodec_release_buffer
av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time
av_new_packet
av_packet_add_side_data
av_packet_alloc
av_packet_clone
av_packet_copy_props
@ -67,6 +90,8 @@ EXPORTS
av_packet_free_side_data
av_packet_from_data
av_packet_get_side_data
av_packet_make_refcounted
av_packet_make_writable
av_packet_merge_side_data
av_packet_move_ref
av_packet_new_side_data
@ -81,6 +106,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_parser_change
av_parser_close
av_parser_init
av_parser_iterate
av_parser_next
av_parser_parse2
av_picture_copy
@ -93,10 +119,6 @@ EXPORTS
av_register_bitstream_filter
av_register_codec_parser
av_register_hwaccel
av_resample
av_resample_close
av_resample_compensate
av_resample_init
av_shrink_packet
av_vorbis_parse_frame
av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags
@ -104,7 +126,6 @@ EXPORTS
av_vorbis_parse_init
av_vorbis_parse_reset
av_xiphlacing
available_bits
avcodec_align_dimensions
avcodec_align_dimensions2
avcodec_alloc_context3
@ -142,8 +163,9 @@ EXPORTS
avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample
avcodec_get_class
avcodec_get_context_defaults3
avcodec_get_edge_width
avcodec_get_frame_class
avcodec_get_hw_config
avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters
avcodec_get_name
avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss
avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class
@ -151,58 +173,66 @@ EXPORTS
avcodec_is_open
avcodec_license
avcodec_open2
avcodec_parameters_alloc
avcodec_parameters_copy
avcodec_parameters_free
avcodec_parameters_from_context
avcodec_parameters_to_context
avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag
avcodec_profile_name
avcodec_receive_frame
avcodec_receive_packet
avcodec_register
avcodec_register_all
avcodec_set_dimensions
avcodec_send_frame
avcodec_send_packet
avcodec_string
avcodec_version
aver_isf_history
average_split_mvs
avpicture_alloc
avpicture_fill
avpicture_free
avpicture_get_size
avpicture_layout
avpriv_aac_parse_header
avpriv_ac3_channel_layout_tab DATA
avpriv_ac3_channel_layout_tab
avpriv_ac3_parse_header
avpriv_align_put_bits
avpriv_bprint_to_extradata
avpriv_codec2_mode_bit_rate
avpriv_codec2_mode_block_align
avpriv_codec2_mode_frame_size
avpriv_codec_get_cap_skip_frame_fill_param
avpriv_copy_bits
avpriv_copy_pce_data
avpriv_dca_convert_bitstream
avpriv_dca_sample_rates DATA
avpriv_dirac_parse_sequence_header
avpriv_dca_parse_core_frame_header
avpriv_dca_sample_rates
avpriv_dnxhd_get_frame_size
avpriv_dnxhd_get_hr_frame_size
avpriv_dnxhd_get_interlaced
avpriv_do_elbg
avpriv_exif_decode_ifd
avpriv_find_pix_fmt
avpriv_find_start_code
avpriv_fits_header_init
avpriv_fits_header_parse_line
avpriv_get_raw_pix_fmt_tags
avpriv_h264_has_num_reorder_frames
avpriv_init_elbg
avpriv_lock_avformat
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_chrominance DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_luminance DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_chrominance DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_luminance DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_chrominance DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_luminance DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_val_dc DATA
avpriv_mpa_bitrate_tab DATA
avpriv_mpa_decode_header
avpriv_mpa_decode_header2
avpriv_mpa_freq_tab DATA
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_chrominance
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_luminance
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_chrominance
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_luminance
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_chrominance
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_luminance
avpriv_mjpeg_val_dc
avpriv_mpa_bitrate_tab
avpriv_mpa_freq_tab
avpriv_mpeg4audio_get_config
avpriv_mpeg4audio_sample_rates DATA
avpriv_mpeg4audio_sample_rates
avpriv_mpegaudio_decode_header
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_avi DATA
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_mov DATA
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_avi
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_mov
avpriv_put_string
avpriv_split_xiph_headers
avpriv_tak_parse_streaminfo
avpriv_toupper4
avpriv_unlock_avformat
avsubtitle_free

View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
EXPORTS
av_device_capabilities DATA
av_device_ffversion DATA
av_device_capabilities
av_device_ffversion
av_input_audio_device_next
av_input_video_device_next
av_output_audio_device_next

View file

@ -1,26 +1,38 @@
EXPORTS
av_abuffersink_params_alloc
av_buffersink_get_channel_layout
av_buffersink_get_channels
av_buffersink_get_format
av_buffersink_get_frame
av_buffersink_get_frame_flags
av_buffersink_get_frame_rate
av_buffersink_get_h
av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx
av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio
av_buffersink_get_sample_rate
av_buffersink_get_samples
av_buffersink_get_time_base
av_buffersink_get_type
av_buffersink_get_w
av_buffersink_params_alloc
av_buffersink_set_frame_size
av_buffersrc_add_frame
av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags
av_buffersrc_close
av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests
av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc
av_buffersrc_parameters_set
av_buffersrc_write_frame
av_filter_ffversion DATA
av_filter_next
av_filter_ffversion
av_filter_iterate
avfilter_add_matrix
avfilter_all_channel_layouts DATA
avfilter_all_channel_layouts
avfilter_config_links
avfilter_configuration
avfilter_free
avfilter_get_by_name
avfilter_get_class
avfilter_get_matrix
avfilter_graph_add_filter
avfilter_graph_alloc
avfilter_graph_alloc_filter
avfilter_graph_config
@ -36,7 +48,6 @@ EXPORTS
avfilter_graph_send_command
avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert
avfilter_init_dict
avfilter_init_filter
avfilter_init_str
avfilter_inout_alloc
avfilter_inout_free
@ -49,7 +60,6 @@ EXPORTS
avfilter_make_format64_list
avfilter_mul_matrix
avfilter_next
avfilter_open
avfilter_pad_count
avfilter_pad_get_name
avfilter_pad_get_type
@ -58,5 +68,4 @@ EXPORTS
avfilter_register_all
avfilter_sub_matrix
avfilter_transform
avfilter_uninit
avfilter_version

View file

@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
EXPORTS
av_add_index_entry
av_append_packet
av_apply_bitstream_filters
av_codec_get_id
av_codec_get_tag
av_codec_get_tag2
av_convert_lang_to
av_demuxer_iterate
av_demuxer_open
av_dump_format
av_filename_number_test
@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_find_input_format
av_find_program_from_stream
av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method
av_format_ffversion DATA
av_format_ffversion
av_format_get_audio_codec
av_format_get_control_message_cb
av_format_get_data_codec
@ -33,6 +34,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_format_set_subtitle_codec
av_format_set_video_codec
av_get_frame_filename
av_get_frame_filename2
av_get_output_timestamp
av_get_packet
av_guess_codec
@ -46,6 +48,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_interleaved_write_frame
av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame
av_match_ext
av_muxer_iterate
av_new_program
av_oformat_next
av_pkt_dump2
@ -55,6 +58,7 @@ EXPORTS
av_probe_input_format
av_probe_input_format2
av_probe_input_format3
av_program_add_stream_index
av_read_frame
av_read_pause
av_read_play
@ -63,11 +67,14 @@ EXPORTS
av_register_output_format
av_sdp_create
av_seek_frame
av_stream_add_side_data
av_stream_get_codec_timebase
av_stream_get_end_pts
av_stream_get_parser
av_stream_get_r_frame_rate
av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration
av_stream_get_side_data
av_stream_new_side_data
av_stream_set_r_frame_rate
av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration
av_url_split
@ -87,6 +94,7 @@ EXPORTS
avformat_get_mov_video_tags
avformat_get_riff_audio_tags
avformat_get_riff_video_tags
avformat_init_output
avformat_license
avformat_match_stream_specifier
avformat_network_deinit
@ -96,6 +104,7 @@ EXPORTS
avformat_query_codec
avformat_queue_attached_pictures
avformat_seek_file
avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info
avformat_version
avformat_write_header
avio_accept
@ -105,11 +114,13 @@ EXPORTS
avio_close_dir
avio_close_dyn_buf
avio_closep
avio_context_free
avio_enum_protocols
avio_feof
avio_find_protocol_name
avio_flush
avio_free_directory_entry
avio_get_dyn_buf
avio_get_str
avio_get_str16be
avio_get_str16le
@ -130,6 +141,7 @@ EXPORTS
avio_rb64
avio_read
avio_read_dir
avio_read_partial
avio_read_to_bprint
avio_rl16
avio_rl24
@ -149,6 +161,7 @@ EXPORTS
avio_wl32
avio_wl64
avio_write
avio_write_marker
avpriv_dv_get_packet
avpriv_dv_init_demux
avpriv_dv_produce_packet
@ -158,15 +171,5 @@ EXPORTS
avpriv_mpegts_parse_open
avpriv_mpegts_parse_packet
avpriv_new_chapter
avpriv_register_devices
avpriv_set_pts_info
ff_inet_aton
ff_rtp_get_local_rtcp_port
ff_rtp_get_local_rtp_port
ff_rtsp_parse_line
ff_socket_nonblock
ffio_open_dyn_packet_buf
ffio_set_buf_size
ffurl_close
ffurl_open
ffurl_write
url_feof

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more